Upload
phamdan
View
270
Download
4
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Tim SteuerSAP SE
SAP Solution Manager Installation and Upgrade
2CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
The information in this presentation is confidential and proprietary to SAP and may not be disclosed without the
permission of SAP This presentation is not subject to your license agreement or any other service or subscription
agreement with SAP SAP has no obligation to pursue any course of business outlined in this document or any related
presentation or to develop or release any functionality mentioned therein This document or any related presentation
and SAPs strategy and possible future developments products and or platforms directions and functionality are all
subject to change and may be changed by SAP at any time for any reason without notice The information in this
document is not a commitment promise or legal obligation to deliver any material code or functionality This document
is provided without a warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties
of merchantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement This document is for informational purposes
and may not be incorporated into a contract SAP assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document
except if such damages were caused by SAPacutes willful misconduct or gross negligence
All forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ
materially from expectations Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements
which speak only as of their dates and they should not be relied upon in making purchasing decisions
Legal disclaimer
3CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Riding the SAP Solution Manager 72 Success Wave
2500+ customers live 300 go-lives per month
0
500
1 000
1 500
2 000
2 500
3 000
0116 0216 0316 0416 0516 0616 0716 0816 0916 1016 1116 1216 0117 0217 0317 0417 0517
Customers live on SAP Solution Manager 72
All Databases SAP HANA
End of Ramp-Up
2523 customers are live on SAP Solution Manager 72
361 run SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
4CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Transition to SAP Solution Manager 72
SAP recommends to Upgrade to 72
The upgrade protects your configuration investment
and your data
Upgrade
Evaluate carefully New installation
If you perform a new installation you will lose existing configuration and
data and users If do not wish to keep this data a new installation is a good
option for you
New installation
Warning 71 content is lost Non SAP standard
5CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade plantechnicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
Migration to
SAP HANA
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification eg DEVQA copy of Prod-system
Core Delta Configuration (eg Charm)
Custom Code AdjustmentsFunctional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Upgrade of
production system
Java stack split
Content Activation Test in CAL
User Training
Valu
e d
iscovery
Process Adoption (eg Charm)
Conte
nt
Activatio
n
-4 months -3 months -1 month 0 days
OPTIONAL
6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Landscape design
Build
SAP Solution Manager 72
Development System
Perform customizing
Develop reports
Design Info cubes
Deploy SAP Notes
Implement Support Packages
Test
SAP Solution Manager 72
Quality Assurance System
Verify new functionality
Check for regressions
Run
SAP Solution Manager 72
Production System
Use SAP Solution Manager
Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier
landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done
7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split
Technical Stack View
The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard
procedure with minimal impact
Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72
runs two single stacks
bull Split is done after technical
upgrade
8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring
Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions
Support of hybrid landscapes
Release Management
Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions
SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience
Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases
Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver
New SAP CRM
Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract
Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA
Build up experience in running SAP HANA
Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)
Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)
Upgrade to New Functionality
Upgrade to Latest Technology
Upgrade User Experience
Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval
9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What is Content Activation
In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and
central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new
environment this content needs to be transferred
This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo
10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities
Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Install SAP notes as described in the
content activation wiki
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Perform mandatory configuration
2 Perform application specific
configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Import transports containing SAP
notes
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Import transports with delta
customizing and notes
2 Perform mandatory configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
2CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
The information in this presentation is confidential and proprietary to SAP and may not be disclosed without the
permission of SAP This presentation is not subject to your license agreement or any other service or subscription
agreement with SAP SAP has no obligation to pursue any course of business outlined in this document or any related
presentation or to develop or release any functionality mentioned therein This document or any related presentation
and SAPs strategy and possible future developments products and or platforms directions and functionality are all
subject to change and may be changed by SAP at any time for any reason without notice The information in this
document is not a commitment promise or legal obligation to deliver any material code or functionality This document
is provided without a warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties
of merchantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement This document is for informational purposes
and may not be incorporated into a contract SAP assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document
except if such damages were caused by SAPacutes willful misconduct or gross negligence
All forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ
materially from expectations Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements
which speak only as of their dates and they should not be relied upon in making purchasing decisions
Legal disclaimer
3CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Riding the SAP Solution Manager 72 Success Wave
2500+ customers live 300 go-lives per month
0
500
1 000
1 500
2 000
2 500
3 000
0116 0216 0316 0416 0516 0616 0716 0816 0916 1016 1116 1216 0117 0217 0317 0417 0517
Customers live on SAP Solution Manager 72
All Databases SAP HANA
End of Ramp-Up
2523 customers are live on SAP Solution Manager 72
361 run SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
4CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Transition to SAP Solution Manager 72
SAP recommends to Upgrade to 72
The upgrade protects your configuration investment
and your data
Upgrade
Evaluate carefully New installation
If you perform a new installation you will lose existing configuration and
data and users If do not wish to keep this data a new installation is a good
option for you
New installation
Warning 71 content is lost Non SAP standard
5CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade plantechnicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
Migration to
SAP HANA
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification eg DEVQA copy of Prod-system
Core Delta Configuration (eg Charm)
Custom Code AdjustmentsFunctional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Upgrade of
production system
Java stack split
Content Activation Test in CAL
User Training
Valu
e d
iscovery
Process Adoption (eg Charm)
Conte
nt
Activatio
n
-4 months -3 months -1 month 0 days
OPTIONAL
6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Landscape design
Build
SAP Solution Manager 72
Development System
Perform customizing
Develop reports
Design Info cubes
Deploy SAP Notes
Implement Support Packages
Test
SAP Solution Manager 72
Quality Assurance System
Verify new functionality
Check for regressions
Run
SAP Solution Manager 72
Production System
Use SAP Solution Manager
Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier
landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done
7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split
Technical Stack View
The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard
procedure with minimal impact
Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72
runs two single stacks
bull Split is done after technical
upgrade
8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring
Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions
Support of hybrid landscapes
Release Management
Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions
SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience
Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases
Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver
New SAP CRM
Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract
Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA
Build up experience in running SAP HANA
Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)
Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)
Upgrade to New Functionality
Upgrade to Latest Technology
Upgrade User Experience
Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval
9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What is Content Activation
In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and
central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new
environment this content needs to be transferred
This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo
10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities
Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Install SAP notes as described in the
content activation wiki
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Perform mandatory configuration
2 Perform application specific
configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Import transports containing SAP
notes
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Import transports with delta
customizing and notes
2 Perform mandatory configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
3CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Riding the SAP Solution Manager 72 Success Wave
2500+ customers live 300 go-lives per month
0
500
1 000
1 500
2 000
2 500
3 000
0116 0216 0316 0416 0516 0616 0716 0816 0916 1016 1116 1216 0117 0217 0317 0417 0517
Customers live on SAP Solution Manager 72
All Databases SAP HANA
End of Ramp-Up
2523 customers are live on SAP Solution Manager 72
361 run SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
4CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Transition to SAP Solution Manager 72
SAP recommends to Upgrade to 72
The upgrade protects your configuration investment
and your data
Upgrade
Evaluate carefully New installation
If you perform a new installation you will lose existing configuration and
data and users If do not wish to keep this data a new installation is a good
option for you
New installation
Warning 71 content is lost Non SAP standard
5CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade plantechnicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
Migration to
SAP HANA
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification eg DEVQA copy of Prod-system
Core Delta Configuration (eg Charm)
Custom Code AdjustmentsFunctional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Upgrade of
production system
Java stack split
Content Activation Test in CAL
User Training
Valu
e d
iscovery
Process Adoption (eg Charm)
Conte
nt
Activatio
n
-4 months -3 months -1 month 0 days
OPTIONAL
6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Landscape design
Build
SAP Solution Manager 72
Development System
Perform customizing
Develop reports
Design Info cubes
Deploy SAP Notes
Implement Support Packages
Test
SAP Solution Manager 72
Quality Assurance System
Verify new functionality
Check for regressions
Run
SAP Solution Manager 72
Production System
Use SAP Solution Manager
Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier
landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done
7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split
Technical Stack View
The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard
procedure with minimal impact
Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72
runs two single stacks
bull Split is done after technical
upgrade
8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring
Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions
Support of hybrid landscapes
Release Management
Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions
SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience
Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases
Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver
New SAP CRM
Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract
Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA
Build up experience in running SAP HANA
Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)
Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)
Upgrade to New Functionality
Upgrade to Latest Technology
Upgrade User Experience
Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval
9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What is Content Activation
In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and
central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new
environment this content needs to be transferred
This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo
10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities
Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Install SAP notes as described in the
content activation wiki
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Perform mandatory configuration
2 Perform application specific
configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Import transports containing SAP
notes
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Import transports with delta
customizing and notes
2 Perform mandatory configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
4CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Transition to SAP Solution Manager 72
SAP recommends to Upgrade to 72
The upgrade protects your configuration investment
and your data
Upgrade
Evaluate carefully New installation
If you perform a new installation you will lose existing configuration and
data and users If do not wish to keep this data a new installation is a good
option for you
New installation
Warning 71 content is lost Non SAP standard
5CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade plantechnicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
Migration to
SAP HANA
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification eg DEVQA copy of Prod-system
Core Delta Configuration (eg Charm)
Custom Code AdjustmentsFunctional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Upgrade of
production system
Java stack split
Content Activation Test in CAL
User Training
Valu
e d
iscovery
Process Adoption (eg Charm)
Conte
nt
Activatio
n
-4 months -3 months -1 month 0 days
OPTIONAL
6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Landscape design
Build
SAP Solution Manager 72
Development System
Perform customizing
Develop reports
Design Info cubes
Deploy SAP Notes
Implement Support Packages
Test
SAP Solution Manager 72
Quality Assurance System
Verify new functionality
Check for regressions
Run
SAP Solution Manager 72
Production System
Use SAP Solution Manager
Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier
landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done
7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split
Technical Stack View
The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard
procedure with minimal impact
Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72
runs two single stacks
bull Split is done after technical
upgrade
8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring
Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions
Support of hybrid landscapes
Release Management
Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions
SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience
Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases
Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver
New SAP CRM
Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract
Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA
Build up experience in running SAP HANA
Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)
Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)
Upgrade to New Functionality
Upgrade to Latest Technology
Upgrade User Experience
Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval
9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What is Content Activation
In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and
central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new
environment this content needs to be transferred
This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo
10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities
Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Install SAP notes as described in the
content activation wiki
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Perform mandatory configuration
2 Perform application specific
configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Import transports containing SAP
notes
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Import transports with delta
customizing and notes
2 Perform mandatory configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
5CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade plantechnicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
Migration to
SAP HANA
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification eg DEVQA copy of Prod-system
Core Delta Configuration (eg Charm)
Custom Code AdjustmentsFunctional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Upgrade of
production system
Java stack split
Content Activation Test in CAL
User Training
Valu
e d
iscovery
Process Adoption (eg Charm)
Conte
nt
Activatio
n
-4 months -3 months -1 month 0 days
OPTIONAL
6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Landscape design
Build
SAP Solution Manager 72
Development System
Perform customizing
Develop reports
Design Info cubes
Deploy SAP Notes
Implement Support Packages
Test
SAP Solution Manager 72
Quality Assurance System
Verify new functionality
Check for regressions
Run
SAP Solution Manager 72
Production System
Use SAP Solution Manager
Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier
landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done
7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split
Technical Stack View
The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard
procedure with minimal impact
Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72
runs two single stacks
bull Split is done after technical
upgrade
8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring
Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions
Support of hybrid landscapes
Release Management
Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions
SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience
Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases
Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver
New SAP CRM
Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract
Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA
Build up experience in running SAP HANA
Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)
Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)
Upgrade to New Functionality
Upgrade to Latest Technology
Upgrade User Experience
Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval
9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What is Content Activation
In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and
central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new
environment this content needs to be transferred
This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo
10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities
Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Install SAP notes as described in the
content activation wiki
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Perform mandatory configuration
2 Perform application specific
configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Import transports containing SAP
notes
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Import transports with delta
customizing and notes
2 Perform mandatory configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Landscape design
Build
SAP Solution Manager 72
Development System
Perform customizing
Develop reports
Design Info cubes
Deploy SAP Notes
Implement Support Packages
Test
SAP Solution Manager 72
Quality Assurance System
Verify new functionality
Check for regressions
Run
SAP Solution Manager 72
Production System
Use SAP Solution Manager
Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier
landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done
7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split
Technical Stack View
The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard
procedure with minimal impact
Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72
runs two single stacks
bull Split is done after technical
upgrade
8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring
Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions
Support of hybrid landscapes
Release Management
Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions
SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience
Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases
Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver
New SAP CRM
Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract
Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA
Build up experience in running SAP HANA
Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)
Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)
Upgrade to New Functionality
Upgrade to Latest Technology
Upgrade User Experience
Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval
9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What is Content Activation
In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and
central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new
environment this content needs to be transferred
This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo
10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities
Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Install SAP notes as described in the
content activation wiki
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Perform mandatory configuration
2 Perform application specific
configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Import transports containing SAP
notes
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Import transports with delta
customizing and notes
2 Perform mandatory configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split
Technical Stack View
The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard
procedure with minimal impact
Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72
runs two single stacks
bull Split is done after technical
upgrade
8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring
Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions
Support of hybrid landscapes
Release Management
Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions
SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience
Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases
Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver
New SAP CRM
Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract
Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA
Build up experience in running SAP HANA
Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)
Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)
Upgrade to New Functionality
Upgrade to Latest Technology
Upgrade User Experience
Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval
9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What is Content Activation
In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and
central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new
environment this content needs to be transferred
This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo
10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities
Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Install SAP notes as described in the
content activation wiki
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Perform mandatory configuration
2 Perform application specific
configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Import transports containing SAP
notes
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Import transports with delta
customizing and notes
2 Perform mandatory configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring
Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions
Support of hybrid landscapes
Release Management
Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions
SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience
Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases
Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver
New SAP CRM
Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract
Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA
Build up experience in running SAP HANA
Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)
Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)
Upgrade to New Functionality
Upgrade to Latest Technology
Upgrade User Experience
Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval
9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What is Content Activation
In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and
central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new
environment this content needs to be transferred
This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo
10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities
Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Install SAP notes as described in the
content activation wiki
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Perform mandatory configuration
2 Perform application specific
configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Import transports containing SAP
notes
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Import transports with delta
customizing and notes
2 Perform mandatory configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
What is Content Activation
In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and
central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new
environment this content needs to be transferred
This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo
10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities
Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Install SAP notes as described in the
content activation wiki
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Perform mandatory configuration
2 Perform application specific
configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Import transports containing SAP
notes
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Import transports with delta
customizing and notes
2 Perform mandatory configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities
Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Install SAP notes as described in the
content activation wiki
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Perform mandatory configuration
2 Perform application specific
configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)
Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation
1 Import transports containing SAP
notes
2 Run preparation report and evaluate
the results
3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION
1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to
upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
1 Import transports with delta
customizing and notes
2 Perform mandatory configuration
3 Perform content activation
4 Perform non transportable scenario
configuration
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
When Is content activation required
Content activation is needed when at least
one of the following functions are used
productively in SAP Solution Manager 71
Solution Documentation
Change Request Management
Quality Gate Management
Test Management
Business Process Monitoring
Content activation is not applicable when
only the following capabilities were used in
SAP Solution Manager 71
Application Operations
Custom Code Management
Data Volume Management
SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)
Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)
Project Management with IT PPM
Business Process Analytics and Improvement
IT Service Management
+ content
activation
Upgrade Upgrade
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager
Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation
Upgrade
Support
Package Stack
implementation
~ 1 week
Uptime
~ 7 hours
Technical Downtime Uptime
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day
Technical Downtime
~12 hours~ 2 weeks
Uptime (71)
~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days
Uptime (72)Business Downtime
Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Business Downtime
Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration
Preparation Mandatory Setup
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71
Prepare content activation
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
Optimize Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom Code
Management with SP12
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Details on Post Upgrade Steps
Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher
Additional activities prior to the upgrade
Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement
Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure
Times should be considered as minimum values
Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system
Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required
Optimized Downtime for Business
Process Operations and Custom
Code Management
Functional Area
Project Management
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Application Operations
Data Volume Management
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Business Process Operations
Process Management (Solution Documentation)
Test Suite
Content Activation
(2-8 hours dependent on
scope)
Mandatory Setup
(3-4 hours)
Additional Configuration
2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished
Function prepared
Function available
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA
More value through in-memory technology
Performance increase
Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents
service reports ITSM tickets
No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager
SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement
SAP HANA only strategy
If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect
lifecycle management platform
SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA
First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it
Preparation of SAP HANA operations
Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
SAP HANA
SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
and your migration to SAP HANA in one go
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA
On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware
36122
23822
11532 11804
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms
SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast
SAP
HANABefore
SAP
HANA Before
Performance increase op top
Drastically faster text search
functionality opens new
opportunities eg to work with
documents service reports
ITSM tickets
Landscape simplification
Eliminate the need for a
separate TREX instance
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA
SAP Best Practice 1-step approach
(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)
Upgrade with
2-step approach
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts
The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows
Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +
Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation
DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability
Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration
Downtime
SAP HANA migration
Preparation
Decision to go
to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2
Step 1
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Hardware considerations for upgrade
No hardware investments should be required if you
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope
use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small
number of managed systems or users
The hardware should be reviewed if you
want to leverage SAP HANA
want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in
use
plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management
agile build)
want to add a large number of managed systems
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB Memory
Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing
For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume
For more information on sizing
estimation report see SAP Note
1872170i
For more information on sizing
evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i
ltCPUs for DB servergt 3
~ HANA DB CPU
Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally
ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4
(compression)
+ 20 safety buffer for
merges (joins)
+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)
~ HANA DB disk
In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run
in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade Impact and
Resulting Effort - Details
Scenario Details of Impact Effort
Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be
adopted at own paceHigh
Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no
upgrade of existing Test Plans High
Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and
Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh
Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from
project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh
Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium
Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No
architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium
Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low
IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom
codeextension requiredLow
Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of
landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low
Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low
Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change
Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release
High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used
Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade
SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers
information on your SAP Solution Manager usage
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Find out what the upgrade means for you
Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)
ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)
ndash Find out about logical component groups
ndash Reset and start over in one hour
Best Practice Test your upgrade early
Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system
(eg copy of production)
ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do
an early assessment of downtime
ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration
Great to learn early about content
activation and preview 72
Great to plan upgrade execution
Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade
ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for
upgrade
Be prepared for the upgrade to 72
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Cross-Scenario
Check Sizing
Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97
Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)
What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts
Process Management
Test Suite
Change Control Management
Custom Code Management
Project Management
Business Process Operations
Application Operations
IT Service Management
Landscape Management
Data Volume Management
EffortEffort
Run Build
Migrate to Monitoring
and Alerting
Infrastructure
Managed Systems
Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems
Distribute new roles to managed systems
Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)
Prepare Activation
and enable new BW
structure
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support
technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities
DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN
Project Mgmt
Application
Solution
Adoption
Technical
Architecture amp
Infrastructure
HANA DB
migration
Init Planning Closing
QG1 QG2 QG3
Upgra
de P
lannin
g
DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation
Pre-production upgrade and verification
Core Delta Configuration
Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing
Execution Monitoring
HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive
Upgrade of production
system
Java stack split
Content Activation
User Training
Support
Message
AIE Expert on
Demand
SAP Notes
Content Activation EGI + GDT
Custom Code Mgmt EGI
Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)
EG
I fo
r T
ech
nic
al U
pg
rad
e
AIE
Exp
ert
on
De
ma
ndEGI for Technical Upgrade
Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation
Enablement (AIE)
Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
72
In
sta
llation
U
pg
rad
e a
nd
Ma
inte
na
nce
(M
TE
)
Evalu
ation o
f fu
nctional and a
rchitectu
ral changes
Valu
e d
iscovery
SA
P S
olu
tio
n M
an
ag
er
Ro
ad
ma
p E
GI
Guid
ed
-Dis
cove
ry T
uto
ria
ls Test Suite EGIs
EGI Prepare Code for HANA
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
How to get it done
Plan the upgradeSimulate Content
Activation
Test the upgrade
based on production
data
Plan the upgrade weekend
and define (GoNo-Go
criteria)
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization
SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP
Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)
SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges
Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services
(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud
appliance for as a free trial
SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success
Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value
from weeks
down to minutes
Traditional Delivery
ldquoon-premiserdquo
SAP Cloud Appliance
Library ldquocloudrdquo
ERP
HANA
CRM
Start
Infra-
structure
Setup
Install
OS
Install SAP
amp Database
Base
Configuration
amp Patches
Validate
amp
Prepare
Start
Deploy amp use
in the cloud
in less than
an hour
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL
I want to try out
content activation
before I upgrade
Version 72 SPS03
Customer content
upload possible +
Simple process
management demos +
SAP S4HANA
Packages
Activation
on SAP CAL
I want to jumpstart my
SAP S4HANA
implementation
Version 72 + Focused
Build + SAP S4HANA
1511 fully-activated
managed system
Simple demos + SAP
S4HANA Packages
incl connected system
DemoJumpstart
on SAP CAL
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
When Is the Best Time
to Upgrade
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
SAP Solution Manager 72
Release Schedule
Mainstream maintenance
End
20172025Today
Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance
Upgrade
SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
What Happens If
I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Customer-Specific Maintenance
at the End of Mainstream Maintenance
Customer-specific maintenance covers
resolution of problems only in case of known
solutions or workarounds
Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not
yet known to SAP) are typically charged based
on time and material
No support packages
No legal changes
Limited technology updates
No service-level Agreement
Default if customer takes no action Upgrade
Customer-specific maintenance enables customers
to continue running their mature release until the
time when an upgrade takes place
Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the
scope and restrictions of customer-specific
maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document
apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in
the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to
httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
How to Get Support
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72
Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72
within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references
We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers
that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72
Your benefits
Prioritized message handling
Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager
Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group
Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-
up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within
Charm
For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72
httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view
Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request
If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you
still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require
support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages
of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager
11 session with a remote presentation
Flexible session scheduling
Direct interaction with an SAP expert
Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics
To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP
charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance
AIE Expert on Demand Request
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use
+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only
+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project
SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement
INV
OLV
EM
EN
T O
F S
AP
ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Basic
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Extended
Safeguard the Upgrade
Complexity Level Comprehensive
Implement End- to End Upgrade
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional
scenarios
+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component
Use Case
+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very
comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be
transferred to Solution Manager 72
+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through
custom code
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Live Support Expert Chat
Overview
Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem
Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those
reported through traditional SAP support channels
Improves support experience by real-time interaction
Available for all support levels and almost all solutions
Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support
Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad
httplaunchpadsupportsapcom
Expert Chat
provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
Documents Links Videos
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU
42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ
Customer
Available Learning Resources
SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview
Build up your knowledge and skills
Expert
Publications
Monitoring and
Operations with
SAP Solution
Manager
Management
Competence(Introduction)
Core
Competence(Key Value Chains)
Expert
Competence(Functional Areas)
Live Expert
Sessions amp
e-Learnings
EGI MTE
GDT AIE BP
Classroom
Trainings
SMx
(Setup amp Config)
E2Ex (Functional
Overview)
System
Landscapes
Private
Evaluation
System (CAL)
Public Demo
System
Public
Videos amp
Playlists
SAP Solution
Manager
Community
Blogs amp
Questions
Product
Documentation
Application Help
Release Notes
Installation
Upgrade and
Security Guides
Expert
WIKIs
Functional
Areas Expert
Content
Technical
Information
Supported
languages
browsers and
data bases
SAP Solution
Manager
Homepage(supportsapcom
solutionmanager)
Overview
Processes
Product and
Release Info
) Planned availability Q1 2017
From Interest to Expert Knowledge
SAP Help
Portal
Introduction
Information
SAP
Education
SAP ES
Academy
SAP
Demo
Systems
SAP
Community
Media
Center
SAP
Support
Portal
SAPcomSAP
BooksYouTube
Overview
Publications
SAP Solution
Manager for
SAP S4HANA
SAP Solution
Manager
Media Center
Product Videos
System Demos
Tutorials
72
THANK YOU